blob: 2e27b3c07eb62d681dbc236a60436aefaa495591 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000018#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000019#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000020#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000021#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000022#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000023#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
24#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000025#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000026
27#include <algorithm> // std::sort
28
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000029using namespace clang;
30using namespace CodeGen;
31
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000032static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
33 llvm::Value *Array,
34 llvm::Value *Value,
35 unsigned FirstIndex,
36 unsigned LastIndex) {
37 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
38 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
39 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
40 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
41 }
42}
43
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000044static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000045 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
47}
48
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000049ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
50
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000051static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000052 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000053 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
54 if (!RD)
55 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000056 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000057}
58
59static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000060 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000061 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
62 if (!RT)
63 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000064 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
65}
66
67CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
68 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000069}
70
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000071ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
72 return CGT.getContext();
73}
74
75llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
76 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
77}
78
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000079const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
80 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000081}
82
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000083const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
84 return CGT.getTarget();
85}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000086
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000087void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000088 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000089 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000090 switch (TheKind) {
91 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000092 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +000093 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000094 Ty->print(OS);
95 else
96 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000097 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +000098 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000099 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000100 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000101 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000102 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000103 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000104 case InAlloca:
105 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
106 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000107 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000108 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000109 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000110 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000111 break;
112 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000113 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000114 break;
115 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000116 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000117}
118
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000119TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
120
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000121// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
122// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
123unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
124 // Verified for:
125 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
126 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
127 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
128 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000129 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000130 return 32;
131}
132
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000133bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
134 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000135 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
136 // x86_stdcall
137 // MIPS
138 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
139 return false;
140}
141
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000142void
143TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
144 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
145 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
146 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
147 // dynamic.
148 Opt = "-l";
149 Opt += Lib;
150}
151
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000152static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000153
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000154/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000155/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000156static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
157 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000158 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
159 return true;
160
161 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000162
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000163 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
164 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000165 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000166 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
167 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
168 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000169 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000170 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000171
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000172 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
173 if (!RT)
174 return false;
175
176 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
177 //
178 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
179 // current ABI.
180 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
181 return false;
182
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000183 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000184}
185
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000186/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000187/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
188/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000189static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000190 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000191 if (!RT)
192 return 0;
193 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
194 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
195 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000196
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000197 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000198 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000199 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
200 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000201 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000202
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000203 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
204 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000205 return false;
206 return true;
207}
208
209/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
210/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
211/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
212/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
213/// considered single element structs.
214///
215/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
216/// it exists.
217static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
219 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000220 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000221
222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000224 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000225
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000226 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000227
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000228 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
229 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000230 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000231 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000232 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000233 continue;
234
235 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
236 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000237 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000238
239 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
240 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000241 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000242 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000243 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000244 }
245 }
246
247 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000248 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000249 QualType FT = FD->getType();
250
251 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000252 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000253 continue;
254
255 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
256 // struct.
257 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000258 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000259
260 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
261 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
262 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
263 break;
264 FT = AT->getElementType();
265 }
266
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000267 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000268 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
269 } else {
270 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
271 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000272 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000273 }
274 }
275
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000276 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
277 // padding beyond the element type.
278 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000279 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000280
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000281 return Found;
282}
283
284static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000285 // Treat complex types as the element type.
286 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
287 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
288
289 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
290 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
291 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000292 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000293 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000294 return false;
295
296 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
297 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
298}
299
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000300/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
301/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
302/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
303/// inhibiting optimizations.
304///
305// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
306// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
307// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
308// capable of handling it.
309static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
310 // We can only expand structure types.
311 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
312 if (!RT)
313 return false;
314
315 // We can only expand (C) structures.
316 //
317 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
318 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
319 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
320 return false;
321
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000322 uint64_t Size = 0;
323
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000324 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000325 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
326 return false;
327
328 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
329 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
330 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
331 if (FD->isBitField())
332 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000333
334 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000335 }
336
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000337 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
338 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
339 return false;
340
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000341 return true;
342}
343
344namespace {
345/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
346/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
347/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
348/// conform to any particular ABI.
349class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000350public:
351 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000352
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000353 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
354 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000355
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000356 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000357 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
358 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000359 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
360 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000361 }
362
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000363 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
364 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000365};
366
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000367class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
368public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000369 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
370 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000371};
372
373llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000375 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000376}
377
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000378ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000379 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000380 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000381
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000382 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
383 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
384 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000385
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000386 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
387 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000388}
389
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000390ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
391 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
392 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
393
394 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
395 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
396
397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
399 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
400
401 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
403}
404
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000405//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
406// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000407//
408// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
409// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000410//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
411
412class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
413 public:
414 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
415
416 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000417 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000418
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
420 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
421 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000422};
423
424class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
425 public:
426 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
427 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
428};
429
430void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000431 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000432 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
433
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000434 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
435 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
436}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000437
438llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
439 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000440 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000441}
442
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000443/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
444ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000445 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000446 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000447 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000449 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
450 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000451 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000452 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
453 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
454 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000455 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000456
457 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
458 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000459}
460
461ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
462 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
463 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
464
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000465 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000466 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
467 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
468
469 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
470 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
471 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
472
473 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
474 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
475}
476
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000477/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
478bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
479 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000480 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
481 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
482 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
483}
484
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000485static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000486 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000487 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000488 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
489 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
490 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000491 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000492 }
493
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000494 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000495 }
496
497 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000498 return Ty;
499}
500
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000501//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
502// X86-32 ABI Implementation
503//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000504
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000505/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
506struct CCState {
507 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {}
508
509 unsigned CC;
510 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000511 unsigned StackOffset;
512 bool UseInAlloca;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000513};
514
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000515/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
516class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000517 enum Class {
518 Integer,
519 Float
520 };
521
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000522 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
523
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000524 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
525 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000526 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000527 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000528
529 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
530 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
531 }
532
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000533 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000534
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000535 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
536 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000537 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
538
539 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000540
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000541 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000542 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000543
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000544 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000545 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000546 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
547 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000548
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000549 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
550 /// inalloca.
551 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
552
553 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
554 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
555 QualType Type) const;
556
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000557public:
558
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000559 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
560 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000562
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000563 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000564 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000565 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000566 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000567};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000568
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000569class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
570public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000571 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000572 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
573 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000574
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000575 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
576 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
577
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000578 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000579 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000580
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000581 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000582 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000583 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000584 return 4;
585 }
586
587 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000588 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000589
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000590 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000591 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000592 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000593 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
594 }
595
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000596 llvm::Constant *
597 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000598 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
599 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
600 ('F' << 16) |
601 ('T' << 24);
602 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
603 }
604
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000605};
606
607}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000608
609/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
610/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000611bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
612 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000613 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
614
615 // Type must be register sized.
616 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
617 return false;
618
619 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
620 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
621 // registers.
622 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
623 return false;
624
625 return true;
626 }
627
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000628 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
629 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000630 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000631 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000632 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000633 return true;
634
635 // Arrays are treated like records.
636 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000637 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000638
639 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000640 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000641 if (!RT) return false;
642
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000643 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
644
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000645 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
646 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000647 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000648 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000649 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000650 continue;
651
652 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000653 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000654 return false;
655 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000656 return true;
657}
658
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000659ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
660 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
661 // integer register.
662 if (State.FreeRegs) {
663 --State.FreeRegs;
664 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
665 }
666 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
667}
668
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000669ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000670 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000671 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000672
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000673 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000674 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000675 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000677
678 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
679 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
680 // backend will like.
681 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000682 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000683 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000684
685 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
686 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
687 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
688 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000690 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000691
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000692 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000693 }
694
695 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000696 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000697
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000699 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000700 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000701 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000702 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000703 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000704
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000705 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
706 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000707 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000708
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000709 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
710 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000711 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000712 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000713
714 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
715 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000716 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
717 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
718 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000719 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000720 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000721 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
723
724 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
725 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000727 }
728
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000729 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000730 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000731
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
735
736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000738}
739
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000740static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
741 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
742}
743
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000744static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
745 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
746 if (!RT)
747 return 0;
748 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
749
750 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000752 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
753 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000754 return false;
755
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000756 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000757 QualType FT = i->getType();
758
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000759 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000760 return true;
761
762 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
763 return true;
764 }
765
766 return false;
767}
768
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000769unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
770 unsigned Align) const {
771 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
772 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000773 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000774 return 0; // Use default alignment.
775
776 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
777 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
778 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000779 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000780 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000781
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000782 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000783 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
784 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000785 return 16;
786
787 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000788}
789
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000790ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000791 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000792 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000793 if (State.FreeRegs) {
794 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
796 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000798 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000799
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000800 // Compute the byval alignment.
801 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
802 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
803 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000804 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000805
806 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
807 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000808 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000810}
811
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000812X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
813 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
814 if (!T)
815 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
816
817 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
818 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
819 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
820 return Float;
821 }
822 return Integer;
823}
824
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000825bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
826 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000827 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000828 Class C = classify(Ty);
829 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000830 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000831
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000832 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
833 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000834
835 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
836 return false;
837
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000838 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
839 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000840 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000841 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000842
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000843 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000844
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000845 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000846 if (Size > 32)
847 return false;
848
849 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
850 return true;
851
852 if (Ty->isPointerType())
853 return true;
854
855 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
856 return true;
857
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000858 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000859 NeedsPadding = true;
860
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000861 return false;
862 }
863
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000864 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000865}
866
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000867ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
868 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000869 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000870 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000871 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000872 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
873 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
874 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
875 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
876 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
877 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
878 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
879 }
880
881 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000882 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000883 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000884
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000885 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000886 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000887 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000888 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000889
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +0000890 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +0000891 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000892 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
893
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000894 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
895 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
896 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000897 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000898 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +0000899 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000900 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
902 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000903 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000904
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000905 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
906 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
907 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
908 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000909 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
910 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000911 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
912 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000913
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000914 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000915 }
916
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000917 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +0000918 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
919 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000920 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
921 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000922 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
923 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
924 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
925 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000926 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000927
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000928 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000930
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
932 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000933
934
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000935 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
936 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000937
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000938 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000939 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000940
941 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
942 if (InReg)
943 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
944 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
945 }
946 if (InReg)
947 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
948 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000949}
950
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000951void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000952 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
953 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
954 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000955 else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000956 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000957 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000958 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000959
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000960 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
961 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000962
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000963 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000964 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
965 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
966 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000967 }
968
969 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
970 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
971 if (UsedInAlloca)
972 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
973}
974
975void
976X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
977 unsigned &StackOffset,
978 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000979 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
980 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
981 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
982 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
983
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000984 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
985 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000986 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000987 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000988 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000989 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
990 assert(NumBytes);
991 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
992 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
993 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
994 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000995}
996
997void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
998 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
999
1000 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1001 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1002
1003 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
1004
1005 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1006 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1007 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1008 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1009 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001010 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1011 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001012 }
1013
1014 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1015 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1016 if (FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall)
1017 ++I;
1018
1019 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1020 for (; I != E; ++I) {
1021
1022 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1023 switch (I->info.getKind()) {
1024 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1025 assert(I->info.getIndirectByVal());
1026 break;
1027 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1028 continue;
1029 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1030 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1031 if (I->info.getInReg())
1032 continue;
1033 break;
1034 default:
1035 break;
1036 }
1037
1038 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1039 }
1040
1041 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1042 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001043}
1044
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001045llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1046 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001047 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001048
1049 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1050 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1051 "ap");
1052 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001053
1054 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1055 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1056 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1057 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1058 if (Align > 4) {
1059 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1060 llvm::Value *Offset =
1061 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1062 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1063 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1064 CGF.Int32Ty);
1065 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1066 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1067 Addr->getType(),
1068 "ap.cur.aligned");
1069 }
1070
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001071 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001072 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001073 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1074
1075 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001076 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001077 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001078 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001079 "ap.next");
1080 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1081
1082 return AddrTyped;
1083}
1084
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001085void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1086 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1087 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1088 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1089 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1090 // Get the LLVM function.
1091 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1092
1093 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001094 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001095 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001096 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1097 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1098 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1099 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001100 }
1101 }
1102}
1103
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001104bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1105 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1106 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1107 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001108
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001109 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001110
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001111 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1112 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1113 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001114 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001115
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001116 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001117 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1118 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1119 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001120 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001121 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001122
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001123 } else {
1124 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1125 // reason.
1126 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1127
1128 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1129 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1130 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001131 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001132 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1133 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001134
1135 return false;
1136}
1137
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001138//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1139// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1140//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1141
1142
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001143namespace {
1144/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1145class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1146 enum Class {
1147 Integer = 0,
1148 SSE,
1149 SSEUp,
1150 X87,
1151 X87Up,
1152 ComplexX87,
1153 NoClass,
1154 Memory
1155 };
1156
1157 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1158 ///
1159 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1160 /// classification \arg Field.
1161 ///
1162 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1163 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1164 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1165 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001166 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001167
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001168 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1169 ///
1170 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1171 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1172 ///
1173 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1174 /// the classification process.
1175 ///
1176 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1177 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1178 ///
1179 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1180 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1181 ///
1182 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1183
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001184 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1185 /// given type T should be passed.
1186 ///
1187 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1188 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1189 ///
1190 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1191 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1192 ///
1193 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1194 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1195 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1196 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001197 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1198 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1199 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001200 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1201 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1202 /// will be Memory.
1203 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001204 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001205 ///
1206 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1207 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001208 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1209 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001210
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001211 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001212 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1213 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1214 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1215 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1216 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1217 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001218
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001219 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001220 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001221 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001222
1223 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001224 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001225 ///
1226 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1227 /// available.
1228 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001229
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001230 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001231
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001232 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001233 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001234 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001235 unsigned &neededSSE,
1236 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001237
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001238 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1239
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001240 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1241 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1242 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1243 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1244 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1245 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001246 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001247 }
1248
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001249 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001250 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1251 // 64-bit hardware.
1252 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001253
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001254public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001255 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001256 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001257 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001258 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001259
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001260 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1261 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001262 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001263 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1264 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001265 if (info.isDirect()) {
1266 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1267 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1268 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1269 }
1270 return false;
1271 }
1272
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001273 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001274
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001275 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1276 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001277};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001278
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001279/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001280class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1281
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001282 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001283
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001284public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001285 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1286
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001287 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001288
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001289 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1290 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001291};
1292
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001293class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1294public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001295 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001296 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001297
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001298 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1299 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1300 }
1301
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001302 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001303 return 7;
1304 }
1305
1306 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001307 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001308 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001309
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001310 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1311 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001312 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001313 return false;
1314 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001315
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001316 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001317 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001318 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001319 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1320 }
1321
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001322 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001323 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001324 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1325 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001326 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001327 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1328 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1329 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001330 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001331 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001332 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1333 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1334 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1335 HasAVXType = true;
1336 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001337 }
1338 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001339
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001340 if (!HasAVXType)
1341 return true;
1342 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001343
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001344 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001345 }
1346
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001347 llvm::Constant *
1348 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001349 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1350 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1351 ('F' << 16) |
1352 ('T' << 24);
1353 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1354 }
1355
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001356};
1357
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001358static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1359 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1360 // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1361 std::string ArgStr = Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001362 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001363 ArgStr += ".lib";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001364 return ArgStr;
1365}
1366
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001367class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1368public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001369 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1370 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1371 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001372
1373 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001374 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001375 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001376 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001377 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001378
1379 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1380 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001381 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001382 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001383 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001384};
1385
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001386class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1387public:
1388 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1389 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
1390
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001391 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001392 return 7;
1393 }
1394
1395 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001396 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001397 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001398
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001399 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1400 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001401 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001402 return false;
1403 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001404
1405 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001406 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001407 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001408 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001409 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001410
1411 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1412 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001413 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001414 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001415 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001416};
1417
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001418}
1419
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001420void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1421 Class &Hi) const {
1422 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1423 //
1424 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1425 // memory.
1426 //
1427 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1428 // memory.
1429 //
1430 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1431 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1432 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1433 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1434 //
1435 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1436 //
1437 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1438 // only with unions; for example:
1439 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1440 //
1441 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1442 //
1443 if (Hi == Memory)
1444 Lo = Memory;
1445 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1446 Lo = Memory;
1447 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1448 Lo = Memory;
1449 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1450 Hi = SSE;
1451}
1452
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001453X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001454 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1455 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1456 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1457 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1458 //
1459 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1460 //
1461 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1462 // the other class.
1463 //
1464 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1465 // class.
1466 //
1467 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1468 // INTEGER.
1469 //
1470 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1471 // MEMORY is used as class.
1472 //
1473 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1474
1475 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1476 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1477 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1478 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1479 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1480 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001481 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001482 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001483 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001484 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001485 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001486 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001487 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1488 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001489 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001490 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001491}
1492
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001493void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001494 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001495 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1496 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1497 // situations.
1498
1499 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1500 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1501 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1502
1503 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1504
1505 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1506 Current = Memory;
1507
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001508 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001509 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1510
1511 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1512 Current = NoClass;
1513 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1514 Lo = Integer;
1515 Hi = Integer;
1516 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1517 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001518 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1519 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001520 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001521 Current = SSE;
1522 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1523 Lo = X87;
1524 Hi = X87Up;
1525 }
1526 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1527 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001528 return;
1529 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001530
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001531 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001532 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001533 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001534 return;
1535 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001536
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001537 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001538 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001539 return;
1540 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001541
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001542 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001543 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers)
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001544 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1545 else
1546 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001547 return;
1548 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001549
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001550 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001551 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001552 if (Size == 32) {
1553 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1554 // float> as integer.
1555 Current = Integer;
1556
1557 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1558 // split.
1559 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1560 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1561 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1562 Hi = Lo;
1563 } else if (Size == 64) {
1564 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1565 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1566 return;
1567
1568 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001569 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001570 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1571 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1572 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001573 Current = Integer;
1574 else
1575 Current = SSE;
1576
1577 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1578 // split.
1579 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1580 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001581 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001582 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1583 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1584 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1585 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1586 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1587 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1588 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001589 //
1590 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1591 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1592 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001593 Lo = SSE;
1594 Hi = SSEUp;
1595 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001596 return;
1597 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001598
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001599 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001600 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001601
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001602 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001603 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001604 if (Size <= 64)
1605 Current = Integer;
1606 else if (Size <= 128)
1607 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001608 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001609 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001610 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1611 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001612 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001613 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001614 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001615 Current = ComplexX87;
1616
1617 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1618 // should be split.
1619 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001620 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001621 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1622 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001623
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001624 return;
1625 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001626
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001627 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001628 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1629
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001630 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001631
1632 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001633 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1634 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001635 return;
1636
1637 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1638 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1639 //
1640 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001641 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001642 return;
1643
1644 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1645 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1646 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001647 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001648 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001649
1650 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1651 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1652 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1653 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1654 return;
1655
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001656 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1657 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001658 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001659 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1660 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1661 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1662 break;
1663 }
1664
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001665 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001666 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001667 return;
1668 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001669
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001670 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001671 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001672
1673 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001674 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1675 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001676 return;
1677
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001678 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1679 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1680 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001681 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001682 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001683
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001684 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1685
1686 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1687 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1688 return;
1689
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001690 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001691
1692 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1693 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001694
1695 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1696 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001697 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1698 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001699 "Unexpected base class!");
1700 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001701 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001702
1703 // Classify this field.
1704 //
1705 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1706 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1707 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1708 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001709 uint64_t Offset =
1710 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001711 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001712 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1713 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1714 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1715 break;
1716 }
1717 }
1718
1719 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001720 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00001721 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001722 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001723 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1724 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1725
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001726 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1727 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001728 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001729 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1730 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1731 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1732 //
1733 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
1734 Lo = Memory;
1735 return;
1736 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001737 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001738 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001739 Lo = Memory;
1740 return;
1741 }
1742
1743 // Classify this field.
1744 //
1745 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
1746 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
1747 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
1748 // NO_CLASS.
1749 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1750
1751 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
1752 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
1753 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
1754 if (BitField) {
1755 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
1756 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
1757 continue;
1758
1759 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001760 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001761
1762 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
1763 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00001764
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001765 if (EB_Lo) {
1766 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
1767 FieldLo = NoClass;
1768 FieldHi = Integer;
1769 } else {
1770 FieldLo = Integer;
1771 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
1772 }
1773 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001774 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001775 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1776 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1777 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1778 break;
1779 }
1780
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001781 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001782 }
1783}
1784
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001785ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001786 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1787 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001788 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001789 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1790 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1791 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1792
1793 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1794 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1795 }
1796
1797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
1798}
1799
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001800bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
1801 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1802 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
1803 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
1804 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
1805 return true;
1806 }
1807
1808 return false;
1809}
1810
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001811ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
1812 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001813 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1814 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001815 //
1816 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
1817 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
1818 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
1819 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
1820 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001821 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001822 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1823 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1824 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1825
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00001826 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1827 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001828 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001829
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001830 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001831 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001832
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001833 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
1834 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
1835 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001836
1837 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
1838 // is important for good codegen.
1839 //
1840 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
1841 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
1842 //
1843 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
1844 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
1845 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
1846 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
1847 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
1848 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
1849 // might be inreg.
1850 //
1851 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
1852 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
1853 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
1854 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
1855 //
1856 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
1857 // attributes. See PR12193.
1858 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
1859 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1860
1861 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
1862 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
1863 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
1864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1865 Size));
1866 }
1867
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001868 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001869}
1870
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001871/// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
1872/// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001873/// vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001874llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001875 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001876
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001877 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
1878 // strip them off if present.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001879 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001880 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
1881 IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
1882 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
1883 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001884
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00001885 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001886 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
1887 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001888 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00001889 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001890 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
1891 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
1892 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
1893 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
1894 return VT;
1895 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001896
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001897 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
1898}
1899
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001900/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
1901/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
1902/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
1903/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
1904/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
1905///
1906/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
1907static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
1908 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
1909 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
1910 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
1911 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
1912 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
1913 if (TySize <= StartBit)
1914 return true;
1915
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001916 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1917 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1918 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1919
1920 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
1921 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
1922 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
1923 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
1924 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001925
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001926 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
1927 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
1928 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
1929 return false;
1930 }
1931 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
1932 return true;
1933 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001934
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001935 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1936 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1937 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001938
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001939 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1940 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001941 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1942 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001943 "Unexpected base class!");
1944 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001945 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001946
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001947 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001948 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001949 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001950
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001951 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001952 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001953 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
1954 return false;
1955 }
1956 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001957
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001958 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
1959 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
1960 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
1961 // much.
1962 unsigned idx = 0;
1963 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
1964 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
1965 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001966
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001967 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
1968 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
1969
1970 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
1971 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
1972 Context))
1973 return false;
1974 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001975
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001976 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
1977 // clean.
1978 return true;
1979 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001980
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001981 return false;
1982}
1983
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00001984/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
1985/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
1986/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
1987/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00001988static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00001989 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00001990 // Base case if we find a float.
1991 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
1992 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001993
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00001994 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00001995 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00001996 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
1997 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
1998 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
1999 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2000 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002001
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002002 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002003 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2004 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002005 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2006 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2007 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2008 }
2009
2010 return false;
2011}
2012
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002013
2014/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2015/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002016llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2017GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002018 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002019 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002020 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2021 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2022 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2023 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2024 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002025
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002026 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2027 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2028 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002029 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2030 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002031 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002032
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002033 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2034}
2035
2036
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002037/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2038/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2039/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2040/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002041/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2042/// etc).
2043///
2044/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2045/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2046/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2047///
2048/// SourceTy is the source level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
2049/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2050///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002051llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2052GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002053 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002054 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2055 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2056 if (IROffset == 0) {
2057 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002058 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2059 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002060 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002061
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002062 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2063 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2064 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2065 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2066 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2067 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2068 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002069 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2070 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2071 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2072 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002073
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002074 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2075 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2076 return IRType;
2077 }
2078 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002079
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002080 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002081 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002082 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002083 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2084 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2085 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002086
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002087 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2088 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002089 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002090 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002091
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002092 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002093 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002094 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002095 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002096 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2097 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002098 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002099
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002100 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2101 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002102 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2103 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002104
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002105 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002106
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002107 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2108 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002109 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2110 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002111}
2112
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002113
2114/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2115/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2116/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2117/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2118/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002119static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002120GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002121 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002122 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2123 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2124 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2125 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2126 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2127 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002128 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002129 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002130
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002131 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2132 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2133 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2134 // struct.
2135 if (HiStart != 8) {
2136 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2137 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2138 // Promote these to a larger type.
2139 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2140 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2141 else {
2142 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2143 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2144 }
2145 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002146
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002147 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002148
2149
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002150 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2151 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2152 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2153 return Result;
2154}
2155
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002156ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002157classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002158 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2159 // classification algorithm.
2160 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002161 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002162
2163 // Check some invariants.
2164 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002165 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2166
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002167 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002168 switch (Lo) {
2169 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002170 if (Hi == NoClass)
2171 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2172 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2173 // null.
2174 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2175 "Unknown missing lo part");
2176 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002177
2178 case SSEUp:
2179 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002180 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002181
2182 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2183 // hidden argument.
2184 case Memory:
2185 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2186
2187 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2188 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2189 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002190 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002191
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002192 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2193 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2194 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2195 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2196 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2197 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002198
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002199 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2200 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2201 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2202 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002203 break;
2204
2205 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2206 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2207 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002208 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002209 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002210
2211 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2212 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2213 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002214 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002215 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002216
2217 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2218 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2219 // %st1.
2220 case ComplexX87:
2221 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002222 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002223 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002224 NULL);
2225 break;
2226 }
2227
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002228 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002229 switch (Hi) {
2230 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2231 // never occur as a hi class.
2232 case Memory:
2233 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002234 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002235
2236 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002237 case NoClass:
2238 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002239
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002240 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002241 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002242 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2243 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002244 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002245 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002246 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002247 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2248 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002249 break;
2250
2251 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002252 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2253 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002254 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002255 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002256 case SSEUp:
2257 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002258 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002259 break;
2260
2261 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2262 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2263 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002264 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002265 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002266 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002267 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002268 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002269 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002270 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2271 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002272 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002273 break;
2274 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002275
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002276 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002277 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2278 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002279 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002280 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002281
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002282 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002283}
2284
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002285ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002286 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2287 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002288 const
2289{
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002290 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002291 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002292
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002293 // Check some invariants.
2294 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2295 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002296 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2297
2298 neededInt = 0;
2299 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002300 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002301 switch (Lo) {
2302 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002303 if (Hi == NoClass)
2304 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2305 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2306 // null.
2307 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2308 "Unknown missing lo part");
2309 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002310
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002311 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2312 // on the stack.
2313 case Memory:
2314
2315 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2316 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2317 case X87:
2318 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002319 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002320 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002321 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002322
2323 case SSEUp:
2324 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002325 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002326
2327 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2328 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2329 // and %r9 is used.
2330 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002331 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002332
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002333 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002334 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002335
2336 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2337 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2338 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2339 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2340 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2341 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002342
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002343 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2344 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2345 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2346 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002347
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002348 break;
2349
2350 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2351 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2352 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002353 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002354 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002355 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002356 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002357 break;
2358 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002359 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002360
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002361 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002362 switch (Hi) {
2363 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002364 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002365 // which is passed in memory.
2366 case Memory:
2367 case X87:
2368 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002369 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002370
2371 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002372
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002373 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002374 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002375 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002376 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002377
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002378 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2379 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002380 break;
2381
2382 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2383 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2384 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002385 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002386 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002387
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002388 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2389 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002390
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002391 ++neededSSE;
2392 break;
2393
2394 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2395 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002396 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002397 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002398 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002399 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002400 break;
2401 }
2402
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002403 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2404 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2405 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2406 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002407 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002408
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002409 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002410}
2411
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002412void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002413
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002414 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2415 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002416
2417 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002418 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002419
2420 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2421 // integer register.
2422 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2423 --freeIntRegs;
2424
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002425 bool isVariadic = FI.isVariadic();
2426 unsigned numRequiredArgs = 0;
2427 if (isVariadic)
2428 numRequiredArgs = FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs();
2429
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002430 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2431 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2432 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2433 it != ie; ++it) {
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002434 bool isNamedArg = true;
2435 if (isVariadic)
Aaron Ballman6a302642013-06-12 15:03:45 +00002436 isNamedArg = (it - FI.arg_begin()) <
2437 static_cast<signed>(numRequiredArgs);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002438
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002439 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002440 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002441 neededSSE, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002442
2443 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2444 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2445 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2446 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002447 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002448 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2449 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2450 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002451 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002452 }
2453 }
2454}
2455
2456static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2457 QualType Ty,
2458 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2459 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2460 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2461 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2462 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2463
2464 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2465 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002466 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2467 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002468 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2469 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002470 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002471 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002472 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002473 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2474 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002475 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002476 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002477 overflow_arg_area =
2478 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2479 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2480 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2481 }
2482
2483 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002484 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002485 llvm::Value *Res =
2486 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002487 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002488
2489 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2490 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2491 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2492 // an 8 byte boundary.
2493
2494 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002495 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002496 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002497 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2498 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2499 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2500
2501 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2502 return Res;
2503}
2504
2505llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2506 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2507 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2508 // struct {
2509 // i32 gp_offset;
2510 // i32 fp_offset;
2511 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2512 // i8* reg_save_area;
2513 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002514 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002515
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002516 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002517 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2518 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002519
2520 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2521 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2522 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2523 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2524
2525 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2526 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2527 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2528
2529 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2530 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2531 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2532 //
2533 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2534 // register save space).
2535
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002536 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2537 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2538 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002539 if (neededInt) {
2540 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2541 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002542 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2543 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002544 }
2545
2546 if (neededSSE) {
2547 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2548 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2549 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002550 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2551 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002552 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2553 }
2554
2555 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2556 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2557 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2558 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2559
2560 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2561
2562 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2563
2564 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2565 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2566 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2567 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2568 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2569 //
2570 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2571 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2572 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2573 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002574 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002575 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2576 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2577 "reg_save_area");
2578 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2579 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002580 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002581 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002582 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2583 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002584 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002585 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2586 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002587 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002588 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002589 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2590 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002591 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2592 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Duncan Sands998f9d92010-02-15 16:14:01 +00002593 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFloatingPointTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2594 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFloatingPointTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002595 llvm::Value *V =
2596 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2597 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2598 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2599 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2600
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002601 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002602 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002603 } else if (neededInt) {
2604 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2605 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002606 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002607
2608 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2609 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2610 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2611 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2612 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2613 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002614 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2615 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2616 RegAddr = Tmp;
2617 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002618 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2619 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2620 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2621 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002622 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002623 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2624 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2625 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2626 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002627 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002628 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002629 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002630 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002631 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL);
2632 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2633 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002634 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2635 DblPtrTy));
2636 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2637 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2638 DblPtrTy));
2639 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2640 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2641 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002642 }
2643
2644 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2645 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2646 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2647 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002648 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002649 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2650 gp_offset_p);
2651 }
2652 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002653 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002654 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2655 fp_offset_p);
2656 }
2657 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2658
2659 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2660
2661 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2662 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2663
2664 // Return the appropriate result.
2665
2666 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002667 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002668 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002669 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2670 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002671 return ResAddr;
2672}
2673
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002674ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002675
2676 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2677 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2678
2679 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2680 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2681
2682 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2683
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002684 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2685 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002686 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002687 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002688 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2689 }
2690
2691 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002692 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2693
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002694 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00002695 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002696 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2697 Size));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002698 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002699
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00002700 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00002701 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2702 // directly.
2703 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2704 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2705 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002706 }
2707
2708 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002709 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2710 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002711 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
2712 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002713
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002714 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
2715 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002716 }
2717
2718 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2719 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2720
2721 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2722}
2723
2724void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002725 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2726 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true);
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00002727
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002728 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
2729 I.info = classify(I.type, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002730}
2731
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002732llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2733 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002734 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002735
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002736 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2737 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
2738 "ap");
2739 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2740 llvm::Type *PTy =
2741 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
2742 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
2743
2744 uint64_t Offset =
2745 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
2746 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
2747 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
2748 "ap.next");
2749 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
2750
2751 return AddrTyped;
2752}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002753
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002754namespace {
2755
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002756class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
2757 public:
2758 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2759 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002760 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
2761 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2762 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002763 private:
2764 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
2765 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
2766};
2767
2768class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2769 public:
2770 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2771 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
2772};
2773
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002774}
2775
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002776void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2777 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
2778 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2779 else
2780 NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2781}
2782
2783llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2784 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2785 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
2786 // is unuspported.
2787 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2788}
2789
2790
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002791// PowerPC-32
2792
2793namespace {
2794class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2795public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002796 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002797
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002798 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002799 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2800 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2801 }
2802
2803 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002804 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002805};
2806
2807}
2808
2809bool
2810PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2811 llvm::Value *Address) const {
2812 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
2813 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
2814
2815 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002816
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002817 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002818 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
2819 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
2820 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
2821
2822 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002823 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002824
2825 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002826 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002827
2828 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
2829 // 64: mq
2830 // 65: lr
2831 // 66: ctr
2832 // 67: ap
2833 // 68-75 cr0-7
2834 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002835 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002836
2837 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002838 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002839
2840 // 109: vrsave
2841 // 110: vscr
2842 // 111: spe_acc
2843 // 112: spefscr
2844 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002845 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002846
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002847 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002848}
2849
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002850// PowerPC-64
2851
2852namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002853/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
2854class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
2855
2856public:
2857 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
2858
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002859 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
2860
2861 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
2862 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
2863
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002864 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
2865 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
2866 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
2867 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
2868 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
2869 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002870 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002871 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2872 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002873 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002874 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
2875 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00002876 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002877 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002878 if (T) {
2879 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00002880 if (T->isVectorType() || (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002881 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002882 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002883 continue;
2884 }
2885 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002886 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002887 }
2888 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002889
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002890 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2891 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002892};
2893
2894class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2895public:
2896 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
2897 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
2898
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002899 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002900 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2901 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2902 }
2903
2904 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002905 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002906};
2907
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002908class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2909public:
2910 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
2911
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002912 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002913 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2914 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2915 }
2916
2917 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002918 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002919};
2920
2921}
2922
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002923// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
2924// extended to 64 bits.
2925bool
2926PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
2927 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2928 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2929 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2930
2931 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
2932 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2933 return true;
2934
2935 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
2936 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
2937 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
2938 switch (BT->getKind()) {
2939 case BuiltinType::Int:
2940 case BuiltinType::UInt:
2941 return true;
2942 default:
2943 break;
2944 }
2945
2946 return false;
2947}
2948
2949ABIArgInfo
2950PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00002951 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
2952 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2953
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002954 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002955 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002956 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002957
2958 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2959 }
2960
2961 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
2962 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2963}
2964
2965ABIArgInfo
2966PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
2967 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
2968 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2969
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00002970 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
2971 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2972
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002973 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
2974 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2975
2976 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
2977 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2978}
2979
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002980// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
2981llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2982 QualType Ty,
2983 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2984 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
2985 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
2986
2987 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2988 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
2989 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2990
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00002991 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
2992 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
2993 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
2994 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002995 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00002996 QualType BaseTy;
2997 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
2998
2999 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3000 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3001 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3002 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3003 SizeInBytes = 16;
3004 }
3005
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003006 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3007 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3008 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3009 "ap.next");
3010 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3011
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003012 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3013 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3014 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3015 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3016 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3017 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3018 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3019 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3020 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
3021 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3022 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3023 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3024 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3025 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3026 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3027 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3028 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3029 "vacplx");
3030 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3031 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3032 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3033 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3034 return Ptr;
3035 }
3036
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003037 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3038 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3039 // correct offset.
3040 if (SizeInBytes < 8) {
3041 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3042 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3043 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3044 }
3045
3046 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3047 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3048}
3049
3050static bool
3051PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3052 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003053 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3054 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3055
3056 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3057
3058 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3059 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3060 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3061 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3062
3063 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3064 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3065
3066 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3067 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3068
3069 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3070 // 64: mq
3071 // 65: lr
3072 // 66: ctr
3073 // 67: ap
3074 // 68-75 cr0-7
3075 // 76: xer
3076 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3077
3078 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3079 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3080
3081 // 109: vrsave
3082 // 110: vscr
3083 // 111: spe_acc
3084 // 112: spefscr
3085 // 113: sfp
3086 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3087
3088 return false;
3089}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003090
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003091bool
3092PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3093 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3094 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3095
3096 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3097}
3098
3099bool
3100PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3101 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3102
3103 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3104}
3105
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003106//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003107// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003108//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3109
3110namespace {
3111
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003112class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003113public:
3114 enum ABIKind {
3115 AAPCS = 0,
3116 DarwinPCS
3117 };
3118
3119private:
3120 ABIKind Kind;
3121
3122public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003123 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003124
3125private:
3126 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3127 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3128
3129 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3130 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3131 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003132 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003133 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3134
3135 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3136 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
3137 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far.
3138 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated
3139 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD
3140 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or
3141 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8.
3142 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003143
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003144 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number
3145 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into
3146 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be
3147 // partially in registers.
3148 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003149
3150 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special
3151 // treatment with the Darwin ABI.
3152 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = (FI.isVariadic() ?
3153 FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs() :
3154 FI.arg_size());
3155
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003156 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3157 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003158 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
3159 it != ie; ++it) {
3160 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR;
3161 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
3162 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8;
3163 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003164 bool IsNamedArg = ((it - FI.arg_begin()) <
3165 static_cast<signed>(NumRequiredArgs));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003166 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003167 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003168
3169 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs
3170 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as
3171 // padding by the back end.
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003172 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() &&
3173 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) {
3174 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type);
3175 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64;
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003176
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003177 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3178 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots);
3179 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003180 }
3181
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003182 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers
3183 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add
3184 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats.
3185 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) {
3186 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3187 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003188 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003189 }
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003190
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003191 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs
3192 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable.
3193 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) {
3194 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3195 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR);
3196 it->info =
3197 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy);
3198 }
3199 }
3200 }
3201
3202 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3203 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3204
3205 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3206 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3207
3208 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3209 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3210 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3211 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3212 }
3213};
3214
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003215class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003216public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003217 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3218 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003219
3220 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3221 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3222 }
3223
3224 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3225
3226 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3227};
3228}
3229
3230static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3231 ASTContext &Context,
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003232 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003233
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003234ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
3235 unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3236 bool &IsHA,
3237 unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3238 bool &IsSmallAggr,
3239 bool IsNamedArg) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003240 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3241 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3242 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3243 if (Size <= 32) {
3244 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3245 AllocatedGPR++;
3246 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3247 }
3248 if (Size == 64) {
3249 llvm::Type *ResType =
3250 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3251 AllocatedVFP++;
3252 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3253 }
3254 if (Size == 128) {
3255 llvm::Type *ResType =
3256 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3257 AllocatedVFP++;
3258 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3259 }
3260 AllocatedGPR++;
3261 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3262 }
3263 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3264 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128.
3265 AllocatedVFP++;
3266 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3267 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
3268 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3269 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3270 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3271 AllocatedVFP++;
3272 }
3273
3274 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3275 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3276 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3277 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3278
3279 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003280 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3281 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3282 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3283
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003284 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1;
3285 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded;
3286 }
3287 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3288 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3289 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3290 }
3291
3292 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3293 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003294 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003295 AllocatedGPR++;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003296 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3297 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003298 }
3299
3300 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3301 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3302 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3303 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3304 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3305
3306 ++AllocatedGPR;
3307 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3308 }
3309
3310 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003311 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003312 uint64_t Members = 0;
3313 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003314 IsHA = true;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003315 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) {
3316 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack
3317 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles.
3318 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3319 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3320 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3321 }
3322 AllocatedVFP += Members;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003323 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3324 }
3325
3326 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3327 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3328 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003329 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3330 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3331 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3332
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003333 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3334 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64;
3335 IsSmallAggr = true;
3336 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3337 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003338 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003339 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3340 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3341 }
3342 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3343 }
3344
3345 AllocatedGPR++;
3346 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3347}
3348
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003349ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003350 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3351 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3352
3353 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3354 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3355 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3356
3357 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3358 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3359 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3360 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3361
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003362 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3363 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3364 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003365 }
3366
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003367 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3368 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3369
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003370 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003371 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext()))
3372 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3373 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3374
3375 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3376 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3377 if (Size <= 128) {
3378 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3379 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3380 }
3381
3382 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3383}
3384
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003385/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3386bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003387 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3388 // Check whether VT is legal.
3389 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3390 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3391 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3392 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3393 return true;
3394 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3395 }
3396 return false;
3397}
3398
3399static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3400 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP,
3401 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
3402 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
3403 // Standard, section B.4:
3404 //
3405 // struct {
3406 // void *__stack;
3407 // void *__gr_top;
3408 // void *__vr_top;
3409 // int __gr_offs;
3410 // int __vr_offs;
3411 // };
3412
3413 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
3414 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3415 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
3416 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3417 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
3418
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003419 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003420 int reg_top_index;
3421 int RegSize;
3422 if (AllocatedGPR) {
3423 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs");
3424 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
3425 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
3426 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
3427 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
3428 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR;
3429 } else {
3430 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs");
3431 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
3432 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
3433 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
3434 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
3435 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP;
3436 }
3437
3438 //=======================================
3439 // Find out where argument was passed
3440 //=======================================
3441
3442 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
3443 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
3444 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
3445 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003446 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003447 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
3448 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
3449
3450 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
3451
3452 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00003453 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003454 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
3455
3456 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
3457 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
3458 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
3459 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3460 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3461
3462 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3463 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
3464 "align_regoffs");
3465 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3466 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
3467 "aligned_regoffs");
3468 }
3469
3470 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003471 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003472 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3473 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
3474 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
3475
3476 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
3477 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003478 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003479 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
3480 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
3481
3482 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
3483
3484 //=======================================
3485 // Argument was in registers
3486 //=======================================
3487
3488 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
3489 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
3490 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3491
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003492 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003493 reg_top_p =
3494 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
3495 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
3496 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003497 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003498 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
3499
3500 if (IsIndirect) {
3501 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
3502 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
3503 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
3504 }
3505
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003506 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003507 uint64_t NumMembers;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003508 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, &NumMembers);
3509 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003510 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
3511 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
3512 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
3513 // contiguously.
3514 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
3515 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3516 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
3517 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
3518 int Offset = 0;
3519
3520 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
3521 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
3522 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
3523 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
3524 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
3525 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
3526 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
3527 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
3528 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
3529
3530 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
3531 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
3532 }
3533
3534 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
3535 } else {
3536 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
3537 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003538 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
3539 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003540 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
3541 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3542 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3543
3544 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3545 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3546
3547 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3548 }
3549
3550 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
3551 }
3552
3553 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3554
3555 //=======================================
3556 // Argument was on the stack
3557 //=======================================
3558 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
3559
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003560 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003561 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
3562 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
3563
3564 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
3565 // floating-point ones might be affected.
3566 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3567 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3568
3569 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3570
3571 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3572 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
3573 "align_stack");
3574 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3575 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
3576 "align_stack");
3577
3578 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3579 }
3580
3581 uint64_t StackSize;
3582 if (IsIndirect)
3583 StackSize = 8;
3584 else
3585 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3586
3587 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
3588 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
3589
3590 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
3591 llvm::Value *NewStack =
3592 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
3593
3594 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
3595 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
3596
3597 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
3598 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
3599 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3600 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3601
3602 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3603 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3604
3605 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3606 }
3607
3608 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
3609
3610 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3611
3612 //=======================================
3613 // Tidy up
3614 //=======================================
3615 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
3616
3617 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3618 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
3619 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
3620
3621 if (IsIndirect)
3622 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
3623
3624 return ResAddr;
3625}
3626
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003627llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003628 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3629
3630 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0;
3631 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003632 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR,
3633 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003634
3635 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP,
3636 AI.isIndirect(), CGF);
3637}
3638
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003639llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003640 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3641 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
3642 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
3643 // other cases.
3644 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003645 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003646
3647 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3648 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3649
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003650 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003651 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext());
3652
3653 bool isIndirect = false;
3654 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
3655 // be passed indirectly.
3656 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
3657 isIndirect = true;
3658 Size = 8;
3659 Align = 8;
3660 }
3661
3662 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
3663 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
3664
3665 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3666 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3667 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3668
3669 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3670 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
3671 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3672 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3673 }
3674
3675 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
3676 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
3677 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
3678 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
3679 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3680 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
3681 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
3682 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
3683 }
3684
3685 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
3686 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
3687 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
3688 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3689
3690 if (isIndirect)
3691 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
3692 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3693 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3694
3695 return AddrTyped;
3696}
3697
3698//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00003699// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003700//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00003701
3702namespace {
3703
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003704class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003705public:
3706 enum ABIKind {
3707 APCS = 0,
3708 AAPCS = 1,
3709 AAPCS_VFP
3710 };
3711
3712private:
3713 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003714 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
3715 const unsigned NumVFPs;
3716 const unsigned NumGPRs;
3717 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
3718 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003719
3720public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003721 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
3722 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003723 setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003724 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003725 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003726
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003727 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00003728 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
3729 case llvm::Triple::Android:
3730 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00003731 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00003732 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00003733 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00003734 return true;
3735 default:
3736 return false;
3737 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003738 }
3739
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00003740 bool isEABIHF() const {
3741 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
3742 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
3743 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
3744 return true;
3745 default:
3746 return false;
3747 }
3748 }
3749
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003750 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3751
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00003752private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00003753 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00003754 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003755 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00003756 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003757
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003758 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003759
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003760 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3761 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003762
3763 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
3764 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
3765 void setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003766
3767 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
3768 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
3769 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003770};
3771
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00003772class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3773public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00003774 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
3775 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00003776
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003777 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
3778 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
3779 }
3780
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003781 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00003782 return 13;
3783 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003784
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003785 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003786 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3787 }
3788
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003789 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003790 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003791 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003792
3793 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003794 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003795 return false;
3796 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003797
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003798 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003799 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
3800 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
3801 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00003802
3803 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003804 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00003805 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
3806 if (!FD)
3807 return;
3808
3809 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
3810 if (!Attr)
3811 return;
3812
3813 const char *Kind;
3814 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
3815 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
3816 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
3817 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
3818 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
3819 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
3820 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
3821 }
3822
3823 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
3824
3825 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
3826
3827 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
3828 return;
3829
3830 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
3831 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
3832 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
3833 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
3834 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
3835 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
3836 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
3837 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
3838 B));
3839 }
3840
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00003841};
3842
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00003843}
3844
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00003845void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003846 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00003847 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003848 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
3849 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
3850 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
3851 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
3852 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003853 resetAllocatedRegs();
3854
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003855 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
3856 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
3857 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
3858 } else {
3859 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
3860 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003861 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003862 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
3863 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003864 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003865 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
3866 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00003867 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003868
3869 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
3870 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
3871 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00003872 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003873 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
3874 // unusable anyway.
3875 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
3876 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && StackUsed) {
3877 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3878 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00003879 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
3880 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
3881 PaddingTy);
3882 } else {
3883 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
3884 PaddingTy);
3885 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003886 }
3887 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003888
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00003889 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
3890 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
3891 return;
3892
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003893 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
3894 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
3895 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
3896}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00003897
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003898/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
3899llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
3900 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00003901 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003902 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
3903 else if (isEABI())
3904 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
3905 else
3906 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
3907}
3908
3909/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
3910/// as the C calling convention.
3911llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003912 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003913 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
3914 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
3915 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003916 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003917 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
3918}
3919
3920void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() {
3921 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
3922
3923 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
3924 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
3925 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
3926 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
3927 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003928}
3929
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003930/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous
3931/// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements
3932/// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the
3933/// recursive calls that check aggregate component types.
3934static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003935 ASTContext &Context, uint64_t *HAMembers) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00003936 uint64_t Members = 0;
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003937 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3938 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, &Members))
3939 return false;
3940 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3941 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3942 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00003943 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003944 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00003945
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003946 Members = 0;
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00003947 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003948 uint64_t FldMembers;
3949 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, &FldMembers))
3950 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00003951
3952 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3953 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003954 }
3955 } else {
3956 Members = 1;
3957 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3958 Members = 2;
3959 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3960 }
3961
3962 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
3963 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
3964 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3965 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
Tim Northovereb752d42012-07-20 22:29:29 +00003966 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
3967 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003968 return false;
3969 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3970 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
3971 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128)
3972 return false;
3973 } else {
3974 return false;
3975 }
3976
3977 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the
3978 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here.
3979 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3980 if (!Base)
3981 Base = TyPtr;
Oliver Stannard5e8558f2014-02-07 11:25:57 +00003982
3983 if (Base != TyPtr) {
3984 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the
3985 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have
3986 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type:
3987
3988 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number
3989 // of their members.
3990 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType()
3991 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
3992
3993 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same
3994 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS.
3995 const bool SameSizeDoubles =
3996 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)
3997 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble))
3998 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3999 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)))
4000 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4001
4002 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles)
4003 return false;
4004 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004005 }
4006
4007 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type.
4008 if (HAMembers)
4009 *HAMembers = Members;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004010
4011 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004012}
4013
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004014/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4015/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004016void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4017 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004018 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004019 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4020 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4021 // the stack.
4022 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004023 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004024 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004025 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4026 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4027 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4028 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4029 bool FoundSlot = true;
4030 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4031 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4032 FoundSlot = false;
4033 break;
4034 }
4035 if (FoundSlot) {
4036 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4037 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004038 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004039 return;
4040 }
4041 }
4042 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4043 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4044 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4045 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004046 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004047}
4048
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004049/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4050/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4051/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4052void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
4053 unsigned NumRequired) const {
4054 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4055
4056 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4057 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4058
4059 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4060}
4061
4062void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4063 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4064 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4065 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4066 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4067}
4068
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004069ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004070 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004071 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4072 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4073 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4074 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4075 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4076 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4077 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4078 // to four Elements.
4079
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004080 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4081 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4082 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4083 if (Size <= 32) {
4084 llvm::Type *ResType =
4085 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004086 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004087 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4088 }
4089 if (Size == 64) {
4090 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4091 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004092 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4093 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4094 } else {
4095 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4096 IsCPRC = true;
4097 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004098 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4099 }
4100 if (Size == 128) {
4101 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4102 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004103 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4104 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4105 } else {
4106 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4107 IsCPRC = true;
4108 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004109 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4110 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004111 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004112 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4113 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004114 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004115 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4116 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4117 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4118 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4119 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4120 IsCPRC = true;
4121 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004122 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004123 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004124 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4125 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4126 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4127 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4128 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4129 IsCPRC = true;
4130 }
4131 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4132 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4133 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4134 IsCPRC = true;
4135 }
4136 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004137 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004138
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004139 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004140 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004141 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004142 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004143 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004144
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004145 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4146 if (!IsCPRC)
4147 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004148 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4149 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004150 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004151
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004152 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4153 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004154 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004155 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004156
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004157 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004158 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004159 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4160
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004161 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004162 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4163 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004164 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004165 uint64_t Members = 0;
4166 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004167 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004168 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4169 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4170 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4171 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004172 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004173 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004174 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004175 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004176 else {
4177 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4178 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004179 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004180 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004181 IsCPRC = true;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004182 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004183 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004184 }
4185
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004186 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004187 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4188 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4189 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004190 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4191 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4192 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4193 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4194 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004195 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004196 // Update Allocated GPRs
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004197 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004198 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004199 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004200 }
4201
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004202 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004203 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004204 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004205 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4206 // we can.
4207 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004208 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4209 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004210 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004211 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004212 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4213 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004214 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004215 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004216
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00004217 llvm::Type *STy =
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00004218 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL);
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004219 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004220}
4221
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004222static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004223 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4224 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4225 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4226 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4227
4228 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4229
4230 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4231 if (Size > 32)
4232 return false;
4233
4234 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4235 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4236 return false;
4237
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004238 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4239 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4240 return false;
4241
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004242 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004243 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004244 return true;
4245
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004246 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4247 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4248 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004249
4250 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4251 // above, but they are not.
4252
4253 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4254 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4255 if (!RT) return false;
4256
4257 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4258 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4259 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4260 return false;
4261
4262 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4263 // like".
4264 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4265
4266 bool HadField = false;
4267 unsigned idx = 0;
4268 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4269 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004270 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004271
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004272 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4273 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4274 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4275 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4276 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4277 if (!RD->isUnion())
4278 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004279
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004280 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4281 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004282
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004283 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004284 }
4285
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004286 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4287 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4288 return false;
4289
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004290 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4291 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004292
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004293 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4294 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4295 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004296 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4297 if (HadField)
4298 return false;
4299
4300 HadField = true;
4301 }
4302 }
4303
4304 return true;
4305}
4306
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004307ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4308 bool isVariadic) const {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004309 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004310 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004311
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004312 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004313 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4314 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004315 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004316 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004317
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004318 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004319 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4320 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4321 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4322
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004323 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4324 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004325 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004326
4327 // Are we following APCS?
4328 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004329 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004330 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4331
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004332 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4333 //
4334 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4335 // correctly.
4336 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004337 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004338 getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004339
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004340 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004341 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004342 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004343 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004344 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004345 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004346 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004347 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4348 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004349 }
4350
4351 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004352 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004353 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004354 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004355
4356 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4357
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004358 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004359 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4360
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004361 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004362 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004363 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004364 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) {
4365 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004366 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4367 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004368 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004369 }
4370
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004371 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4372 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004373 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004374 if (Size <= 32) {
4375 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4376 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004377 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004378 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004379 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4380 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004381 }
4382
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004383 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004384 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004385}
4386
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004387/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4388bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4389 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4390 // Check whether VT is legal.
4391 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4392 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4393 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4394 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4395 return true;
4396 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4397 return Size <= 32;
4398 }
4399 return false;
4400}
4401
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004402llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004403 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004404 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4405 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004406
4407 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004408 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004409 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004410
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004411 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4412 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4413 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4414 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4415 }
4416
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004417 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004418 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004419 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004420
4421 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4422 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004423 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4424 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4425 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4426 else
4427 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004428 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4429 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4430 IsIndirect = true;
4431 Size = 4;
4432 TyAlign = 4;
4433 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004434
4435 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004436 if (TyAlign > 4) {
4437 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4438 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4439 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4440 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4441 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004442 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004443 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004444
4445 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004446 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004447 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004448 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004449 "ap.next");
4450 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4451
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004452 if (IsIndirect)
4453 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004454 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004455 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4456 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4457 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4458 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4459 // than the ABI alignment.
4460 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4461 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4462 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4463 "var.align");
4464 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4465 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4466 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4467 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4468 TyAlign, false);
4469 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4470 }
4471 llvm::Type *PTy =
4472 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4473 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4474
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004475 return AddrTyped;
4476}
4477
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004478namespace {
4479
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004480class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4481 public:
4482 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4483 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004484 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4485 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4486 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004487 private:
4488 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
4489 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
4490};
4491
4492class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4493 public:
4494 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4495 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4496};
4497
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004498}
4499
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004500void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4501 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
4502 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
4503 else
4504 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
4505}
4506
4507llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4508 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4509 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
4510 // is unsupported.
4511 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4512}
4513
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004515// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004516//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4517
4518namespace {
4519
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004520class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004521public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004522 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004523
4524 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4525 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4526
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004527 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4528 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4529 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004530};
4531
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004532class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004533public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004534 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4535 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004536
4537 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4538 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004539private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004540 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
4541 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
4542 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004543};
4544
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004545ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004546 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4547 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004548
4549 // note: this is different from default ABI
4550 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
4551 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4552
4553 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4554 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4555 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4556
4557 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4558 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004559}
4560
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004561ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004562 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4563 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4564 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004565
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004566 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4567 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004568}
4569
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004570void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004571 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4572 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004573 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4574 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004575
4576 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4577 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4578 return;
4579
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004580 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
4581}
4582
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004583llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4584 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
4585 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004586}
4587
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004588void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
4589SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4590 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004591 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4592 if (!FD) return;
4593
4594 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4595
4596 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004597 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004598 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004599 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004600 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004601 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004602 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4603 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004604 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00004605 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004606 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004607 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004608
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004609 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004610 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004611 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004612 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
4613 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004614 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
4615 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4616 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
4617 }
4618 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
4619 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
4620 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
4621 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
4622 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
4623 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
4624 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
4625 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
4626 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
4627 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
4628 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
4629 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
4630 }
4631 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004632 }
4633}
4634
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004635void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
4636 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004637 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
4638 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
4639
4640 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
4641 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
4642
Eli Benderskye1627b42014-04-15 17:19:26 +00004643 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = {
4644 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
4645 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004646 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
4647 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
4648}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004649}
4650
4651//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004652// SystemZ ABI Implementation
4653//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4654
4655namespace {
4656
4657class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4658public:
4659 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
4660
4661 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
4662 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
4663 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4664
4665 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4666 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
4667
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004668 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004669 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4670 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004671 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4672 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004673 }
4674
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004675 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4676 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004677};
4678
4679class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4680public:
4681 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4682 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
4683};
4684
4685}
4686
4687bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
4688 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4689 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4690 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4691
4692 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
4693 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
4694 return true;
4695
4696 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
4697 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
4698 switch (BT->getKind()) {
4699 case BuiltinType::Int:
4700 case BuiltinType::UInt:
4701 return true;
4702 default:
4703 return false;
4704 }
4705 return false;
4706}
4707
4708bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
4709 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
4710}
4711
4712bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
4713 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
4714 switch (BT->getKind()) {
4715 case BuiltinType::Float:
4716 case BuiltinType::Double:
4717 return true;
4718 default:
4719 return false;
4720 }
4721
4722 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
4723 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4724 bool Found = false;
4725
4726 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
4727 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00004728 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
4729 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004730
4731 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
4732 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
4733 continue;
4734
4735 if (Found)
4736 return false;
4737 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
4738 if (!Found)
4739 return false;
4740 }
4741
4742 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00004743 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004744 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
4745 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
4746 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
4747 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
4748 return true;
4749
4750 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
4751 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
4752 if (Found)
4753 return false;
4754 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
4755 if (!Found)
4756 return false;
4757 }
4758
4759 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
4760 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
4761 return Found;
4762 }
4763
4764 return false;
4765}
4766
4767llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4768 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4769 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
4770 // struct {
4771 // i64 __gpr;
4772 // i64 __fpr;
4773 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
4774 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
4775 // };
4776
4777 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
4778 // GPRs or FPRs.
4779 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
4780 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
4781 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
4782
4783 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4784 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4785 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
4786 if (IsIndirect) {
4787 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
4788 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
4789 } else
4790 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4791 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
4792 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
4793
4794 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
4795 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
4796
4797 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
4798 if (InFPRs) {
4799 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
4800 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
4801 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
4802 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
4803 } else {
4804 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
4805 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
4806 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
4807 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
4808 }
4809
4810 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
4811 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
4812 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
4813 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
4814 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
4815 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004816 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004817
4818 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4819 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
4820 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4821 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
4822
4823 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
4824 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4825
4826 // Work out the address of an argument register.
4827 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
4828 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
4829 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
4830 llvm::Value *RegBase =
4831 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
4832 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
4833 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
4834 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
4835 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
4836 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
4837 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
4838 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
4839 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
4840 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
4841 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
4842
4843 // Update the register count
4844 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
4845 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
4846 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
4847 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
4848 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4849
4850 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
4851 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
4852
4853 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
4854 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
4855 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
4856 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
4857 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
4858 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
4859 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
4860 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
4861 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
4862 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
4863
4864 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
4865 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
4866 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
4867 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
4868 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4869
4870 // Return the appropriate result.
4871 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4872 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
4873 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4874 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
4875
4876 if (IsIndirect)
4877 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
4878
4879 return ResAddr;
4880}
4881
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00004882bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
4883 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
4884 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
4885
4886 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
4887 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
4888 break;
4889 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
4890 return false;
4891 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
4892 return true;
4893 }
4894
4895 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
4896 return true;
4897
4898 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00004899 case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX:
4900 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
4901 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
4902 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
4903 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00004904 return true;
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00004905 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
4906 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) {
4907 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment:
4908 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus:
4909 case llvm::Triple::GNU:
4910 case llvm::Triple::MSVC:
4911 return true;
4912 default:
4913 return false;
4914 }
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00004915 default:
4916 return false;
4917 }
4918}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004919
4920ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4921 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4922 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4923 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
4924 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4925 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
4926 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4927}
4928
4929ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
4930 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00004931 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004932 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4933
4934 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
4935 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
4936 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
4937
4938 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
4939 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4940 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00004941 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004942
4943 // Handle small structures.
4944 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4945 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
4946 // fail the size test above.
4947 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4948 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00004949 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004950
4951 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
4952 llvm::Type *PassTy;
4953 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
4954 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
4955 if (Size == 32)
4956 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
4957 else
4958 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
4959 } else
4960 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
4961 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
4962 }
4963
4964 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
4965 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00004966 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004967
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004968 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004969}
4970
4971//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004972// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004973//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004974
4975namespace {
4976
4977class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4978public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004979 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4980 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004981 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004982 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004983};
4984
4985}
4986
4987void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
4988 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4989 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
4990 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
4991 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
4992 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
4993 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4994
4995 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
4996 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
4997
4998 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00004999 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005000
5001 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005002 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005003 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5004 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005005 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005006 }
5007}
5008
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005009//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005010// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5011// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005012//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5013
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005014namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005015class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005016 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005017 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5018 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005019 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005020 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005021 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005022 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005023public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005024 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005025 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005026 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005027
5028 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005029 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005030 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5031 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5032 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005033};
5034
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005035class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005036 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005037public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005038 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5039 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005040 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005041
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005042 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005043 return 29;
5044 }
5045
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005046 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005047 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005048 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5049 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005050 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005051 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5052 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5053 }
5054 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5055 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5056 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005057 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005058
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005059 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005060 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005061
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005062 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005063 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005064 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005065};
5066}
5067
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005068void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005069 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005070 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5071 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005072
5073 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5074 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5075 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5076
5077 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5078 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5079
5080 if (R)
5081 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005082}
5083
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005084// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5085// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005086llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005087 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5088
5089 if (IsO32) {
5090 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5091 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5092 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005093
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005094 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5095 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005096
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005097 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005098
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005099 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5100 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5101 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5102 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5103 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005104
5105 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5106 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005107 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005108
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005109 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5110 unsigned idx = 0;
5111 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5112
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005113 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5114 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005115 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5116 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005117 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005118 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5119
5120 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5121 continue;
5122
5123 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5124 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5125 continue;
5126
5127 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5128 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5129 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5130
5131 // Add double type.
5132 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5133 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5134 }
5135
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005136 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5137 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005138
5139 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5140}
5141
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005142llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5143 uint64_t Offset) const {
5144 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005145 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005146
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005147 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005148}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005149
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005150ABIArgInfo
5151MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005152 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005153 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005154 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005155
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005156 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5157 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005158 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5159 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005160
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005161 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005162 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005163 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005164 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5165
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005166 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005167 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005168 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005169 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005170
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005171 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5172 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5173 // aggregate is unaligned.
5174 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005175 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005176 }
5177
5178 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5179 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5180 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5181
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005182 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5183 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5184
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005185 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005186 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005187}
5188
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005189llvm::Type*
5190MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005191 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005192 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005193
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005194 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005195 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005196 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5197 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005198
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005199 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5200 // following conditions are met:
5201 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5202 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5203 // point types.
5204 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5205 //
5206 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5207 //
5208 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5209 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5210 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005211 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005212
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005213 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5214 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005215
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005216 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005217 }
5218
5219 if (b == e)
5220 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5221 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5222
5223 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005224 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005225 }
5226
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005227 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005228 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5229}
5230
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005231ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005232 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5233
5234 if (RetTy->isVoidType() || Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005235 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5236
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005237 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005238 if (Size <= 128) {
5239 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5240 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5241
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005242 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers.
5243 if (IsO32 && RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())
5244 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5245
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005246 if (!IsO32)
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005247 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5248 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005249
5250 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5251 }
5252
5253 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5254 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5255 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5256
5257 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5258 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5259}
5260
5261void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005262 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005263 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5264 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005265
5266 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005267 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005268
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005269 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5270 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005271}
5272
5273llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5274 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005275 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5276 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005277
5278 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5279 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5280 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005281 int64_t TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005282 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5283 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00005284 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005285 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005286
5287 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005288 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5289 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5290 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5291 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005292 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5293 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5294 }
5295 else
5296 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5297
5298 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005299 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005300 uint64_t Offset =
5301 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign);
5302 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005303 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005304 "ap.next");
5305 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5306
5307 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005308}
5309
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005310bool
5311MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5312 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5313 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5314 // as canonical as it gets.
5315
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005316 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5317 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005318 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005319
5320 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5321 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5322 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5323 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005324 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005325
5326 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5327 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5328
5329 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5330 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5331 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5332 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5333 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005334 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005335 return false;
5336}
5337
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5339// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5340// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5341// handling.
5342//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5343
5344namespace {
5345
5346class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5347public:
5348 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5349 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5350
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005351 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5352 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005353};
5354
5355void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5356 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5357 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5358 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5359 if (!FD) return;
5360
5361 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5362
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005363 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005364 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5365 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005366 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005367 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5368 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005369 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5370 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5371 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5372 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5373
5374 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands;
5375 Operands.push_back(F);
5376
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005377 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005378 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005379 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005380 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005381 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005382 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005383
5384 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5385 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5386 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005387 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005388 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5389 }
5390 }
5391 }
5392}
5393
5394}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005395
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005396//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5397// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5398//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5399
5400namespace {
5401
5402class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5403
5404
5405public:
5406 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5407
5408private:
5409
5410 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5411 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5412
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005413 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005414
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005415 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5416 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005417};
5418
5419class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5420public:
5421 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5422 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5423
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005424 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005425 return 29;
5426 }
5427};
5428
5429}
5430
5431void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005432 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5433 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005434 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5435 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005436}
5437
5438ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5439 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5440 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5441 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5442 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5443
5444 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5445 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5446 }
5447
5448 // Ignore empty records.
5449 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5450 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5451
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005452 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005453 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005454
5455 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5456 if (Size > 64)
5457 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5458 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5459 else if (Size > 32)
5460 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5461 else if (Size > 16)
5462 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5463 else if (Size > 8)
5464 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5465 else
5466 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5467}
5468
5469ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5470 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5471 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5472
5473 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5474 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5475 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5476
5477 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5478 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5479 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5480 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5481
5482 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5483 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5484 }
5485
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005486 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5487 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5488
5489 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5490 // are returned indirectly.
5491 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5492 if (Size <= 64) {
5493 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5494 if (Size <= 8)
5495 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5496 if (Size <= 16)
5497 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5498 if (Size <= 32)
5499 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5500 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5501 }
5502
5503 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5504}
5505
5506llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005507 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005508 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005509 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005510
5511 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5512 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5513 "ap");
5514 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5515 llvm::Type *PTy =
5516 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5517 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5518
5519 uint64_t Offset =
5520 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5521 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5522 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5523 "ap.next");
5524 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5525
5526 return AddrTyped;
5527}
5528
5529
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005530//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5531// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
5532// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
5533//
5534// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
5535// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
5536// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
5537//
5538// One case requires special care:
5539//
5540// struct mixed {
5541// int i;
5542// float f;
5543// };
5544//
5545// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
5546// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
5547// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
5548// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
5549//
5550// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
5551//
5552// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
5553// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
5554// bytes.
5555//
5556namespace {
5557class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5558public:
5559 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5560
5561private:
5562 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005563 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5564 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5565 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005566
5567 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
5568 // serves two purposes:
5569 //
5570 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
5571 // in registers.
5572 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
5573 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
5574 //
5575 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
5576 // aligned 32-bit floats.
5577 //
5578 struct CoerceBuilder {
5579 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
5580 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
5581 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
5582 uint64_t Size;
5583 bool InReg;
5584
5585 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
5586 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
5587
5588 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
5589 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
5590 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
5591 if (ToSize == Size)
5592 return;
5593
5594 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
5595 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
5596 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
5597 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
5598 Size = Aligned;
5599 }
5600
5601 // Add whole 64-bit words.
5602 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
5603 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
5604 Size += 64;
5605 }
5606
5607 // Final in-word padding.
5608 if (Size < ToSize) {
5609 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
5610 Size = ToSize;
5611 }
5612 }
5613
5614 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
5615 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
5616 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
5617 if (Offset % Bits)
5618 return;
5619 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
5620 if (Bits < 64)
5621 InReg = true;
5622 pad(Offset);
5623 Elems.push_back(Ty);
5624 Size = Offset + Bits;
5625 }
5626
5627 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
5628 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
5629 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
5630 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
5631 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
5632 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
5633 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
5634 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
5635 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
5636 break;
5637 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
5638 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
5639 break;
5640 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
5641 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
5642 break;
5643 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
5644 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
5645 break;
5646 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
5647 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
5648 pad(ElemOffset);
5649 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
5650 Size += 64;
5651 }
5652 break;
5653 default:
5654 break;
5655 }
5656 }
5657 }
5658
5659 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
5660 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
5661 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
5662 return false;
5663 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
5664 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
5665 return false;
5666 return true;
5667 }
5668
5669 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
5670 llvm::Type *getType() const {
5671 if (Elems.size() == 1)
5672 return Elems.front();
5673 else
5674 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
5675 }
5676 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005677};
5678} // end anonymous namespace
5679
5680ABIArgInfo
5681SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
5682 if (Ty->isVoidType())
5683 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5684
5685 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5686
5687 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
5688 // pointer / sret pointer.
5689 if (Size > SizeLimit)
5690 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5691
5692 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5693 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5694 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5695
5696 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
5697 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
5698 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5699
5700 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
5701 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5702 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5703
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00005704 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
5705 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
5706 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5707 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5708
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005709 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005710 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
5711 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
5712 if (!StrTy)
5713 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5714
5715 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
5716 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
5717 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
5718
5719 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
5720 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
5721
5722 if (CB.InReg)
5723 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
5724 else
5725 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005726}
5727
5728llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5729 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00005730 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
5731 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5732 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
5733 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
5734
5735 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5736 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5737 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5738 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5739 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
5740 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
5741 unsigned Stride;
5742
5743 switch (AI.getKind()) {
5744 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00005745 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00005746 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
5747
5748 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
5749 Stride = 8;
5750 ArgAddr = Builder
5751 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
5752 "extend");
5753 break;
5754
5755 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
5756 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
5757 ArgAddr = Addr;
5758 break;
5759
5760 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
5761 Stride = 8;
5762 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
5763 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
5764 "indirect");
5765 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
5766 break;
5767
5768 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
5769 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
5770 }
5771
5772 // Update VAList.
5773 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
5774 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5775
5776 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005777}
5778
5779void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5780 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005781 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5782 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005783}
5784
5785namespace {
5786class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5787public:
5788 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5789 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00005790
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005791 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00005792 return 14;
5793 }
5794
5795 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005796 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005797};
5798} // end anonymous namespace
5799
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00005800bool
5801SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5802 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5803 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
5804 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
5805
5806 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5807
5808 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
5809 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
5810 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
5811
5812 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
5813 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
5814
5815 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
5816 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
5817
5818 // Y = 64
5819 // PSR = 65
5820 // WIM = 66
5821 // TBR = 67
5822 // PC = 68
5823 // NPC = 69
5824 // FSR = 70
5825 // CSR = 71
5826 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
5827
5828 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
5829 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
5830
5831 return false;
5832}
5833
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005834
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005835//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00005836// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005837//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005838
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005839namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005840
5841/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
5842/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
5843typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
5844
5845/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
5846///
5847/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
5848/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
5849/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
5850///
5851/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
5852/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
5853/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
5854/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
5855/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
5856/// Recursive type encoding.
5857///
5858/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
5859/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
5860/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
5861/// the type is encountered.
5862///
5863/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
5864/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
5865/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
5866/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
5867/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
5868///
5869/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
5870/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
5871/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
5872/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
5873/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
5874///
5875/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
5876///
5877/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
5878/// cached encoding is used;
5879///
5880/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
5881/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
5882///
5883/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
5884/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
5885///
5886/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
5887/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
5888/// it is swapped back in;
5889///
5890/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
5891/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
5892/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
5893///
5894/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
5895/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
5896/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
5897/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
5898///
5899class TypeStringCache {
5900 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
5901 struct Entry {
5902 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
5903 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
5904 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
5905 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
5906 };
5907 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
5908 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
5909 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
5910public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00005911 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005912 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
5913 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
5914 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
5915 bool IsRecursive);
5916 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
5917};
5918
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00005919/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005920/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
5921class FieldEncoding {
5922 bool HasName;
5923 std::string Enc;
5924public:
5925 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
5926 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
5927 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
5928 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
5929 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
5930 }
5931};
5932
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005933class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
5934public:
5935 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005936 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5937 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005938};
5939
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00005940class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005941 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005942public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00005943 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005944 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00005945 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5946 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005947};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005948
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005949} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005950
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005951llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5952 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005953 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005954
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005955 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005956 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
5957 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
5958 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005959
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005960 // Handle the argument.
5961 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5962 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5963 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
5964 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005965 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005966 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00005967 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005968 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005969 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00005970 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005971 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
5972 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005973 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
5974 ArgSize = 0;
5975 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005976 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
5977 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005978 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
5979 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
5980 if (ArgSize < 4)
5981 ArgSize = 4;
5982 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005983 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
5984 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
5985 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
5986 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005987 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
5988 ArgSize = 4;
5989 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005990 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005991
5992 // Increment the VAList.
5993 if (ArgSize) {
5994 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
5995 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5996 }
5997 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005998}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005999
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006000/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6001/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6002/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6003/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6004/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6005void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6006 std::string StubEnc) {
6007 if (!ID)
6008 return;
6009 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6010 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6011 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6012 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6013 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6014 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6015 E.State = Incomplete;
6016 ++IncompleteCount;
6017}
6018
6019/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6020/// must be removed from the cache.
6021/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6022/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6023bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6024 if (!ID)
6025 return false;
6026 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6027 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6028 Entry &E = I->second;
6029 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6030 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6031 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6032 bool IsRecursive = false;
6033 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6034 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6035 IsRecursive = true;
6036 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6037 }
6038 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6039 Map.erase(I);
6040 else {
6041 // Swap the Recursive back.
6042 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6043 E.Swapped.clear();
6044 E.State = Recursive;
6045 }
6046 --IncompleteCount;
6047 return IsRecursive;
6048}
6049
6050/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6051/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6052void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6053 bool IsRecursive) {
6054 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6055 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6056 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6057 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6058 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6059 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6060 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6061 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6062 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6063 return;
6064 }
6065 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6066 E.Str = Str.str();
6067 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6068}
6069
6070/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6071/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6072/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6073StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6074 if (!ID)
6075 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6076 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6077 if (I == Map.end())
6078 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6079 Entry &E = I->second;
6080 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6081 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6082
6083 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6084 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6085 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6086 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6087 }
6088 return E.Str.c_str();
6089}
6090
6091/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6092/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6093/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6094/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6095/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6096/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6097///
6098/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6099/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6100/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6101/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6102///
6103static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6104 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6105
6106/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6107void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6108 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6109 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6110 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6111 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6112 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals;
6113 MDVals.push_back(GV);
6114 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6115 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6116 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6117 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6118 }
6119}
6120
6121static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6122 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6123 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6124
6125/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6126/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6127static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6128 const RecordDecl *RD,
6129 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6130 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6131 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), E = RD->field_end();
6132 I != E; ++I) {
6133 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6134 Enc += "m(";
6135 Enc += I->getName();
6136 Enc += "){";
6137 if (I->isBitField()) {
6138 Enc += "b(";
6139 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6140 OS.resync();
6141 OS << I->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6142 OS.flush();
6143 Enc += ':';
6144 }
6145 if (!appendType(Enc, I->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6146 return false;
6147 if (I->isBitField())
6148 Enc += ')';
6149 Enc += '}';
6150 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), Enc));
6151 }
6152 return true;
6153}
6154
6155/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6156/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6157/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6158static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6159 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6160 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6161 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6162 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6163 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6164 Enc += TypeString;
6165 return true;
6166 }
6167
6168 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6169 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6170 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6171 Enc += '(';
6172 if (ID)
6173 Enc += ID->getName();
6174 Enc += "){";
6175
6176 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6177 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006178 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6179 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6180 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6181 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6182 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006183 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006184 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6185 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6186 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6187 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6188 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6189 return false;
6190 }
6191 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6192 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6193 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6194 if (RT->isUnionType())
6195 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006196 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6197 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006198 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6199 if (I)
6200 Enc += ',';
6201 Enc += FE[I].str();
6202 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006203 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006204 Enc += '}';
6205 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6206 return true;
6207}
6208
6209/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6210static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6211 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6212 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6213 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6214 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6215 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6216 Enc += TypeString;
6217 return true;
6218 }
6219
6220 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6221 Enc += "e(";
6222 if (ID)
6223 Enc += ID->getName();
6224 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006225
6226 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006227 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006228 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6229 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6230 ++I) {
6231 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6232 EnumEnc += "m(";
6233 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6234 EnumEnc += "){";
6235 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6236 EnumEnc += '}';
6237 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6238 }
6239 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6240 unsigned E = FE.size();
6241 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6242 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006243 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006244 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006245 }
6246 }
6247 Enc += '}';
6248 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6249 return true;
6250}
6251
6252/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6253/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6254static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6255 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6256 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6257 int Lookup = 0;
6258 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6259 Lookup += 1<<0;
6260 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6261 Lookup += 1<<1;
6262 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6263 Lookup += 1<<2;
6264 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6265}
6266
6267/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6268static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6269 const char *EncType;
6270 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6271 case BuiltinType::Void:
6272 EncType = "0";
6273 break;
6274 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6275 EncType = "b";
6276 break;
6277 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6278 EncType = "uc";
6279 break;
6280 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6281 EncType = "uc";
6282 break;
6283 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6284 EncType = "sc";
6285 break;
6286 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6287 EncType = "us";
6288 break;
6289 case BuiltinType::Short:
6290 EncType = "ss";
6291 break;
6292 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6293 EncType = "ui";
6294 break;
6295 case BuiltinType::Int:
6296 EncType = "si";
6297 break;
6298 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6299 EncType = "ul";
6300 break;
6301 case BuiltinType::Long:
6302 EncType = "sl";
6303 break;
6304 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6305 EncType = "ull";
6306 break;
6307 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6308 EncType = "sll";
6309 break;
6310 case BuiltinType::Float:
6311 EncType = "ft";
6312 break;
6313 case BuiltinType::Double:
6314 EncType = "d";
6315 break;
6316 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6317 EncType = "ld";
6318 break;
6319 default:
6320 return false;
6321 }
6322 Enc += EncType;
6323 return true;
6324}
6325
6326/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6327static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6328 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6329 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6330 Enc += "p(";
6331 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6332 return false;
6333 Enc += ')';
6334 return true;
6335}
6336
6337/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006338static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6339 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006340 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6341 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6342 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6343 return false;
6344 Enc += "a(";
6345 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6346 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6347 else
6348 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6349 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006350 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6351 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006352 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6353 return false;
6354 Enc += ')';
6355 return true;
6356}
6357
6358/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6359/// and the arguments.
6360static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6361 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6362 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6363 Enc += "f{";
6364 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6365 return false;
6366 Enc += "}(";
6367 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6368 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6369 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6370 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6371 if (I != E) {
6372 do {
6373 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6374 return false;
6375 ++I;
6376 if (I != E)
6377 Enc += ',';
6378 } while (I != E);
6379 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6380 Enc += ",va";
6381 } else {
6382 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6383 Enc += "va";
6384 else
6385 Enc += '0';
6386 }
6387 }
6388 Enc += ')';
6389 return true;
6390}
6391
6392/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6393/// type encodings.
6394static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6395 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6396 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6397
6398 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6399
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006400 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6401 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6402 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6403 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6404
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006405 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6406
6407 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6408 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6409
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006410 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6411 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6412
6413 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6414 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6415
6416 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6417 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6418
6419 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6420 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6421
6422 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6423 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6424
6425 return false;
6426}
6427
6428static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6429 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6430 if (!D)
6431 return false;
6432
6433 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6434 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6435 return false;
6436 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6437 }
6438
6439 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6440 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6441 return false;
6442 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6443 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6444 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006445 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6446 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6447 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006448 }
6449 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6450 }
6451 return false;
6452}
6453
6454
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006455//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6456// Driver code
6457//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6458
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006459const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006460 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6461 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006462
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006463 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00006464 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006465 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006466 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006467
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00006468 case llvm::Triple::le32:
6469 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006470 case llvm::Triple::mips:
6471 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006472 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6473
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00006474 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6475 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006476 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6477
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00006478 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
6479 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
James Molloy7f4ba532014-04-23 10:26:08 +00006480 case llvm::Triple::arm64:
6481 case llvm::Triple::arm64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006482 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006483 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006484 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006485
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006486 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006487 }
6488
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006489 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006490 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006491 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006492 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006493 {
6494 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006495 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006496 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00006497 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006498 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6499 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006500 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6501
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006502 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006503 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006504 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6505 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6506 default:
6507 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6508 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6509 }
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006510 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006511
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006512 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006513 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00006514 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00006515 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF())
6516 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6517 else
6518 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00006519 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
6520 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
6521 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006522
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00006523 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
6524 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00006525 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00006526
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006527 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006528 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006529
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006530 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
6531 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6532
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006533 case llvm::Triple::tce:
6534 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6535
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006536 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006537 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
6538 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
6539 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00006540 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00006541
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006542 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00006543 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006544 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006545 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6546 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006547 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006548 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006549 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006550 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6551 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6552 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00006553 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006554 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006555 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006556
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006557 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006558 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006559
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006560 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6561 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006562 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006563 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006564 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6565 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006566 default:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006567 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6568 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006569 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006570 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006571 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
6572 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006573 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
6574 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006575 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006576 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006577 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006578}